1一、选择题 · 集合已知集合 A={−1,0,1}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=4}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=14}{\}}A={−1,0,1}, B={x∣−1⩽x<1}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=4}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=11}{\mid }\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1} \htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=24}{\leqslant }\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{x} \htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{<} \htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=31}{\}}B={x∣−1⩽x<1}, 则 A∩B=\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A} \htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=7}{\cap }\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B} \htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{=}A∩B= ( ) (A) {0}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=5}{\}}{0} (B) {−1,0}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=9}{\}}{−1,0} (C) {0,1}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=8}{\}}{0,1} (D) {−1,0,1}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=12}{\}}{−1,0,1}答案:B;{−1,0}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=8}{\}}{−1,0}题目标签:求集合交集解题过程求集合交集求集合交集(1)识别结构并建立关系离散集合与区间求交时逐个检验端点最稳妥。为什么从这里入手:集合题不能只看式子的外形,必须回到“元素是否满足条件”。这里的“离散集合与区间求交时逐个检验端点最稳妥。”给出了元素筛选规则,因此先识别结构并建立关系,再逐项保留或删除元素,思路最直接。详细展开:−1,0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}−1,0 都属于 [−1,1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}[−1,1),而 1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}1 不属于,所以 A∩B={−1,0}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=6}{\cap }\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=10}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=16}{\}}A∩B={−1,0},选 B。A∩B={−1,0}\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=13}{\cap }\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=17}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=23}{\}}}A∩B={−1,0}(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。A∩B={−1,0}\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=13}{\cap }\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=17}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=23}{\}}}A∩B={−1,0}
(1)识别结构并建立关系离散集合与区间求交时逐个检验端点最稳妥。为什么从这里入手:集合题不能只看式子的外形,必须回到“元素是否满足条件”。这里的“离散集合与区间求交时逐个检验端点最稳妥。”给出了元素筛选规则,因此先识别结构并建立关系,再逐项保留或删除元素,思路最直接。详细展开:−1,0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}−1,0 都属于 [−1,1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{[}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}[−1,1),而 1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}1 不属于,所以 A∩B={−1,0}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=6}{\cap }\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=10}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=16}{\}}A∩B={−1,0},选 B。A∩B={−1,0}\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=13}{\cap }\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=17}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=23}{\}}}A∩B={−1,0}
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。A∩B={−1,0}\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=13}{\cap }\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=17}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=23}{\}}}A∩B={−1,0}
2一、选择题 · 复数在复平面内, 复数 (2−i)2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\mathrm{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}(2−i)2 对应的点位于 ( ) (A) 第一象限 (B) 第二象限 (C) 第三象限 (D) 第四象限答案:D;第四象限题目标签:复数对应象限解题过程复数对应象限复数对应象限(1)识别结构并建立关系展开平方并观察实部、虚部符号。为什么从这里入手:复数题先判断目标需要代数形式还是模与辐角。“展开平方并观察实部、虚部符号。”与“识别结构并建立关系”直接相连,先利用共轭、模或实虚部关系,通常能避免把复数完全展开成冗长乘积。详细展开:(2−i)2=3−4i\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\mathrm{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{4}\mathrm{\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{i}}(2−i)2=3−4i,实部正、虚部负。第四象限\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{第}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{四}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{象}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{限}}}第四象限(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。第四象限\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{第}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{四}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{象}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{限}}}第四象限
(1)识别结构并建立关系展开平方并观察实部、虚部符号。为什么从这里入手:复数题先判断目标需要代数形式还是模与辐角。“展开平方并观察实部、虚部符号。”与“识别结构并建立关系”直接相连,先利用共轭、模或实虚部关系,通常能避免把复数完全展开成冗长乘积。详细展开:(2−i)2=3−4i\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\mathrm{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{i}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{4}\mathrm{\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{i}}(2−i)2=3−4i,实部正、虚部负。第四象限\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{第}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{四}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{象}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{限}}}第四象限
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。第四象限\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{第}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{四}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{象}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{限}}}第四象限
3一、选择题 · 常用逻辑用语"φ=π\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\varphi}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=11}{\pi}φ=π"是"曲线 y=sin(2x+φ)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=17}{\varphi}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{)}y=sin(2x+φ) 过坐标原点"的 ( ) (A) 充分而不必要条件 (B) 必要而不充分条件 (C) 充分必要条件 (D) 既不充分也不必要条件答案:A;充分而不必要题目标签:判断充分必要条件解题过程判断充分必要条件判断充分必要条件(1)识别结构并建立关系把“过原点”直接写成 sinφ=0\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=11}{\varphi}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}sinφ=0。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“把“过原点”直接写成 sinφ=0\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=11}{\varphi}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}sinφ=0。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:φ=π\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\varphi}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=11}{\pi}φ=π 必使函数过原点;反之只需 φ=kπ\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\varphi}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=12}{\pi}φ=kπ,不必等于 π\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=3}{\pi}π。充分而不必要\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{充}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{分}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{而}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{不}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{必}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{要}}}充分而不必要(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。充分而不必要\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{充}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{分}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{而}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{不}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{必}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{要}}}充分而不必要
(1)识别结构并建立关系把“过原点”直接写成 sinφ=0\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=11}{\varphi}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}sinφ=0。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“把“过原点”直接写成 sinφ=0\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=11}{\varphi}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}sinφ=0。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:φ=π\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\varphi}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=11}{\pi}φ=π 必使函数过原点;反之只需 φ=kπ\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\varphi}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{k}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=12}{\pi}φ=kπ,不必等于 π\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=3}{\pi}π。充分而不必要\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{充}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{分}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{而}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{不}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{必}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{要}}}充分而不必要
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。充分而不必要\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{充}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{分}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{而}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{不}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{必}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{要}}}充分而不必要
4一、选择题 · 算法初步执行如图所示的程序框图, 输出的 S\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}S 值为 ( ) (A) 1 (B) 23\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}}32 (C) 1321\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}}2113 (D) 610987\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{8}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{7}}987610原卷图示 1原卷第 1 页 · qwen3.7-plus_layout_detection · 需复核答案:C;1321\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}}2113题目标签:执行循环框图解题过程执行循环框图执行循环框图(1)识别结构并建立关系严格按照赋值、计数、判断的先后顺序记录状态。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“严格按照赋值、计数、判断的先后顺序记录状态。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:初值 (i,S)=(0,1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{S}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}(i,S)=(0,1);第一轮得 (1,2/3)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}(1,2/3),第二轮得 (2,13/21)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}(2,13/21)。此时 i≥2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}i≥2,退出并输出。S=1321\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{S}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{3}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{1}}}S=2113(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。S=1321\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{S}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{3}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{1}}}S=2113
(1)识别结构并建立关系严格按照赋值、计数、判断的先后顺序记录状态。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“严格按照赋值、计数、判断的先后顺序记录状态。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:初值 (i,S)=(0,1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{S}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}(i,S)=(0,1);第一轮得 (1,2/3)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}(1,2/3),第二轮得 (2,13/21)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}(2,13/21)。此时 i≥2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{i}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=4}{\ge}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}i≥2,退出并输出。S=1321\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{S}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{3}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{1}}}S=2113
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。S=1321\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{S}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{3}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{1}}}S=2113
5一、选择题 · 函数图象变换函数 f(x)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}f(x) 的图象向右平移 1 个单位长度, 所得图象与曲线 y=ex\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\mathrm{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{e}}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{x}}y=ex 关于 y\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}y 轴对称, 则 f(x)=\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}f(x)= ( ) (A) ex+1\mathrm{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{e}}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}}ex+1 (B) ex−1\mathrm{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{e}}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}}ex−1 (C) e−x+1\mathrm{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{e}}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}}e−x+1 (D) e−x−1\mathrm{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{e}}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}}e−x−1答案:D;e−x−1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}}e−x−1题目标签:函数图象平移与对称解题过程函数图象平移与对称函数图象平移与对称(1)识别结构并建立关系把每次图象变换翻译为自变量替换。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“把每次图象变换翻译为自变量替换。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:右移 1 后是 f(x−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}f(x−1);ex\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}}ex 关于 y\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}y 轴对称为 e−x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}}e−x,故 f(x−1)=e−x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{x}}f(x−1)=e−x,令 t=x−1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}t=x−1。f(t)=e−t−1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}}}f(t)=e−t−1(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。f(t)=e−t−1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}}}f(t)=e−t−1
(1)识别结构并建立关系把每次图象变换翻译为自变量替换。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“把每次图象变换翻译为自变量替换。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:右移 1 后是 f(x−1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}f(x−1);ex\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}}ex 关于 y\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}y 轴对称为 e−x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}}e−x,故 f(x−1)=e−x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{x}}f(x−1)=e−x,令 t=x−1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}t=x−1。f(t)=e−t−1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}}}f(t)=e−t−1
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。f(t)=e−t−1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{f}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}}}f(t)=e−t−1
6一、选择题 · 双曲线若双曲线 x2a2−y2b2=1\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}} \htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{-} \frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{2}}} \htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{1}a2x2−b2y2=1 的离心率为 3\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{3}}3, 则其渐近线方程为 ( ) (A) y=±2x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=6}{\pm }\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}y=±2x (B) y=±2x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=6}{\pm }\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{x}y=±2x (C) y=±12x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=6}{\pm }\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{x}y=±21x (D) y=±22x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=6}{\pm }\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{x}y=±22x答案:B;y=±2x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=5}{\pm}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{x}y=±2x题目标签:由离心率求渐近线解题过程由离心率求渐近线由离心率求渐近线(1)识别结构并建立关系利用 e2=1+b2/a2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}}e2=1+b2/a2。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“利用 e2=1+b2/a2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}}e2=1+b2/a2。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:e=3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{3}}e=3 给出 b2/a2=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}b2/a2=2,所以渐近线斜率为 ±b/a=±2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=4}{\pm }\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=11}{\pm}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}}±b/a=±2。y=±2x\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=12}{\pm}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{x}}y=±2x(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。y=±2x\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=12}{\pm}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{x}}y=±2x
(1)识别结构并建立关系利用 e2=1+b2/a2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}}e2=1+b2/a2。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“利用 e2=1+b2/a2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}}e2=1+b2/a2。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:e=3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{3}}e=3 给出 b2/a2=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}b2/a2=2,所以渐近线斜率为 ±b/a=±2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=4}{\pm }\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=11}{\pm}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}}±b/a=±2。y=±2x\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=12}{\pm}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{x}}y=±2x
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。y=±2x\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=12}{\pm}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{x}}y=±2x
7一、选择题 · 定积分直线 l\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{l}l 过抛物线 C:x2=4y\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{:} \htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{y}C:x2=4y 的焦点且与 y\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}y 轴垂直, 则 l\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{l}l 与 C\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}C 所围成的图形的面积等于 ( ) (A) 43\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}}34 (B) 2 (C) 83\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{8}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}}38 (D) 1623\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{6}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{3}}3162答案:C;83\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{8}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}}38题目标签:抛物线弓形面积解题过程抛物线弓形面积抛物线弓形面积(1)识别结构并建立关系焦点弦垂直对称轴,因此直线方程和交点可直接确定。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“焦点弦垂直对称轴,因此直线方程和交点可直接确定。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:焦点为 (0,1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(0,1),直线 y=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}y=1 与 x2=4y\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}x2=4y 交于 x=±2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=5}{\pm}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}x=±2;面积为直线与抛物线之间的积分。∫−22(1−x24) dx=83\boxed{\int_{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{)}\,\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=44}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=50,tutor-end=51}{8}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=54}{3}}}∫−22(1−4x2)dx=38(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。∫−22(1−x24) dx=83\boxed{\int_{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{)}\,\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=44}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=50,tutor-end=51}{8}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=54}{3}}}∫−22(1−4x2)dx=38
(1)识别结构并建立关系焦点弦垂直对称轴,因此直线方程和交点可直接确定。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“焦点弦垂直对称轴,因此直线方程和交点可直接确定。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:焦点为 (0,1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(0,1),直线 y=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}y=1 与 x2=4y\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}x2=4y 交于 x=±2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=5}{\pm}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}x=±2;面积为直线与抛物线之间的积分。∫−22(1−x24) dx=83\boxed{\int_{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{)}\,\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=44}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=50,tutor-end=51}{8}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=54}{3}}}∫−22(1−4x2)dx=38
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。∫−22(1−x24) dx=83\boxed{\int_{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{)}\,\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=43,tutor-end=44}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=50,tutor-end=51}{8}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=53,tutor-end=54}{3}}}∫−22(1−4x2)dx=38
8一、选择题 · 线性规划设关于 x,y\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{y}x,y 的不等式组 {2x−y+1>0,x+m<0,y−m>0\begin{cases} \htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{,} \\ \htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{,} \\ \htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{0} \end{cases}⎩⎨⎧2x−y+1>0,x+m<0,y−m>0 表示的平面区域内存在点 P(x0,y0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}P(x0,y0), 满足 x0−2y0=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}x0−2y0=2, 则 m\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{m}m 的取值范围是 ( ) (A) (−∞,43)\left(\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=13}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{,} \frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{4}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{3}}\right)(−∞,34) (B) (−∞,13)\left(\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=13}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{,} \frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{3}}\right)(−∞,31) (C) (−∞,−23)\left(\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=13}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{2}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{3}}\right)(−∞,−32) (D) (−∞,−53)\left(\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=13}{\infty}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{5}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{3}}\right)(−∞,−35)答案:C;m<−23\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{3}}m<−32题目标签:不等式区域与直线相交解题过程不等式区域与直线相交不等式区域与直线相交(1)识别结构并建立关系把目标直线 x−2y=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}x−2y=2 代入三个严格不等式,化为同一变量的区间非空条件。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“把目标直线 x−2y=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}x−2y=2 代入三个严格不等式,化为同一变量的区间非空条件。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:令 x=2+2y\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{y}x=2+2y,得到 y>−5/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}y>−5/3、y<−(m+2)/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}y<−(m+2)/2、y>m\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{m}y>m。存在解等价于 max(m,−5/3)<−(m+2)/2\max\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{2}max(m,−5/3)<−(m+2)/2,化简为 m<−2/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}m<−2/3。m<−23\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}}}m<−32(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。m<−23\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}}}m<−32
(1)识别结构并建立关系把目标直线 x−2y=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}x−2y=2 代入三个严格不等式,化为同一变量的区间非空条件。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“把目标直线 x−2y=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}x−2y=2 代入三个严格不等式,化为同一变量的区间非空条件。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:令 x=2+2y\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{y}x=2+2y,得到 y>−5/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}y>−5/3、y<−(m+2)/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}y<−(m+2)/2、y>m\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{>}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{m}y>m。存在解等价于 max(m,−5/3)<−(m+2)/2\max\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{2}max(m,−5/3)<−(m+2)/2,化简为 m<−2/3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}m<−2/3。m<−23\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}}}m<−32
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。m<−23\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{m}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}}}m<−32
9二、填空题 · 极坐标在极坐标系中, 点 (2,π6)\left(\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,} \frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=18}{\pi}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{6}}\right)(2,6π) 到直线 ρsinθ=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=4}{\rho}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=14}{\theta}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}ρsinθ=2 的距离等于______.答案:1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{1}1题目标签:极坐标点到直线距离解题过程极坐标点到直线距离极坐标点到直线距离(1)识别结构并建立关系先转直角坐标识别直线。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“先转直角坐标识别直线。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:点为 (3,1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}(3,1),ρsinθ=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=4}{\rho}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=14}{\theta}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}ρsinθ=2 即 y=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}y=2,距离为 ∣1−2∣=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}∣1−2∣=1。1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}}1(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}}1
(1)识别结构并建立关系先转直角坐标识别直线。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“先转直角坐标识别直线。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:点为 (3,1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}(3,1),ρsinθ=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=4}{\rho}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=14}{\theta}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}ρsinθ=2 即 y=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}y=2,距离为 ∣1−2∣=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{|}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}∣1−2∣=1。1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}}1
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}}1
10二、填空题 · 数列若等比数列 {an}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=9}{\}}{an} 满足 a2+a4=20,a3+a5=40\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{5}}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{0}a2+a4=20,a3+a5=40, 则公比 q=\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{q}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}q=______, 前 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项和 Sn=\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}Sn=______.答案:q=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{q}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}q=2,Sn=2n+1−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}Sn=2n+1−2题目标签:等比数列求公比与前项和解题过程(1)由相邻条件求公比求公比(1)识别结构并建立关系两组和的下标整体相差 1,可直接作比。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“两组和的下标整体相差 1,可直接作比。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:a3+a5=q(a2+a4)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{5}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{q}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{)}a3+a5=q(a2+a4),故 40=20q\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{q}40=20q,得到 q=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{q}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}q=2。q=4020=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{q}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}q=2040=2(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:公比非零且回代两式一致。q=2\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{q}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}q=2(2)确定首项并求和求前 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项和(1)识别结构并建立关系公比确定后用任一已知和求首项。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“公比确定后用任一已知和求首项。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:a2+a4=2a1+8a1=20\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{8}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{0}a2+a4=2a1+8a1=20,故 a1=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}a1=2;再代入等比求和公式。Sn=21−2n1−2=2n+1−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{n}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{2}Sn=21−21−2n=2n+1−2(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:取 n=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}n=2 回代可核对首两项。Sn=2n+1−2\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}}Sn=2n+1−2
(1)识别结构并建立关系两组和的下标整体相差 1,可直接作比。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“两组和的下标整体相差 1,可直接作比。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:a3+a5=q(a2+a4)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{5}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{q}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{)}a3+a5=q(a2+a4),故 40=20q\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{q}40=20q,得到 q=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{q}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}q=2。q=4020=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{q}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{2}q=2040=2
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:公比非零且回代两式一致。q=2\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{q}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}q=2
(1)识别结构并建立关系公比确定后用任一已知和求首项。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“公比确定后用任一已知和求首项。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:a2+a4=2a1+8a1=20\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{8}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{0}a2+a4=2a1+8a1=20,故 a1=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}a1=2;再代入等比求和公式。Sn=21−2n1−2=2n+1−2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{n}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{2}Sn=21−21−2n=2n+1−2
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:取 n=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}n=2 回代可核对首两项。Sn=2n+1−2\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{S}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{2}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{2}}Sn=2n+1−2
11二、填空题 · 圆如图, AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}AB 为圆 O\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}O 的直径, PA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}PA 为圆 O\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}O 的切线, PB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}PB 与圆 O\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}O 相交于 D\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}D, 若 PA=3,PD:DB=9:16\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{:}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{:}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{6}PA=3,PD:DB=9:16, 则 PD=\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}PD=______, AB=\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}AB=______.原卷图示 1原卷第 1 页 · qwen3.7-plus_layout_detection · 需复核答案:PD=95\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{9}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{5}}PD=59,AB=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}AB=4题目标签:切线割线定理与直角三角形解题过程(1)使用切割线定理求 PD\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}PD(1)识别结构并建立关系从点 P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 引切线和割线,立即有切线平方等于割线乘积。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“从点 P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 引切线和割线,立即有切线平方等于割线乘积。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先识别结构并建立关系,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:设 PD=9t,DB=16t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{t}PD=9t,DB=16t,则 PB=25t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{t}PB=25t;PA2=PD⋅PB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=15}{\cdot }\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{B}PA2=PD⋅PB 给出 9=225t2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{t}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}}9=225t2,故 t=1/5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{5}t=1/5。PD=95\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{9}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{5}}PD=59(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:长度取正根。PD=95\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{9}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{5}}}PD=59(2)利用直径和切线构成直角求直径 AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}AB(1)识别结构并建立关系切线 PA⊥AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}PA⊥AB,所以 △PAB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}△PAB 为直角三角形。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“切线 PA⊥AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}PA⊥AB,所以 △PAB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}△PAB 为直角三角形。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先识别结构并建立关系,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:PB=5,PA=3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{3}PB=5,PA=3,由勾股定理 AB=25−9=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{9}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{4}AB=25−9=4。AB=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}AB=4(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:三边为 3,4,5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{5}3,4,5。AB=4\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{4}}AB=4
(1)识别结构并建立关系从点 P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 引切线和割线,立即有切线平方等于割线乘积。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“从点 P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 引切线和割线,立即有切线平方等于割线乘积。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先识别结构并建立关系,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:设 PD=9t,DB=16t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{t}PD=9t,DB=16t,则 PB=25t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{t}PB=25t;PA2=PD⋅PB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=15}{\cdot }\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{B}PA2=PD⋅PB 给出 9=225t2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{t}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}}9=225t2,故 t=1/5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{5}t=1/5。PD=95\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{9}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{5}}PD=59
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:长度取正根。PD=95\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{9}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{5}}}PD=59
(1)识别结构并建立关系切线 PA⊥AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}PA⊥AB,所以 △PAB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}△PAB 为直角三角形。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“切线 PA⊥AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}PA⊥AB,所以 △PAB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}△PAB 为直角三角形。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先识别结构并建立关系,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:PB=5,PA=3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{3}PB=5,PA=3,由勾股定理 AB=25−9=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{9}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{4}AB=25−9=4。AB=4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}AB=4
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:三边为 3,4,5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{5}3,4,5。AB=4\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{4}}AB=4
12二、填空题 · 排列组合将序号分别为 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 的 5 张参观券全部分给 4 人, 每人至少 1 张, 如果分给同一人的 2 张参观券连号, 那么不同的分法种数是______.答案:96\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{6}96题目标签:相邻券成对分配解题过程相邻券成对分配相邻券成对分配(1)识别结构并建立关系五张券分给四人且每人至少一张,恰有一人拿两张。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“五张券分给四人且每人至少一张,恰有一人拿两张。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:连号二元组有 4 种,拿两张者有 4 种,余下三张与三人一一对应有 3!\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{!}3! 种。4⋅4⋅3!=96\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=13}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=19}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{!}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{6}}4⋅4⋅3!=96(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。4⋅4⋅3!=96\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=13}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=19}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{!}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{6}}4⋅4⋅3!=96
(1)识别结构并建立关系五张券分给四人且每人至少一张,恰有一人拿两张。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“五张券分给四人且每人至少一张,恰有一人拿两张。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:连号二元组有 4 种,拿两张者有 4 种,余下三张与三人一一对应有 3!\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{!}3! 种。4⋅4⋅3!=96\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=13}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=19}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{!}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{6}}4⋅4⋅3!=96
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。4⋅4⋅3!=96\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=13}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=19}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{!}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{6}}4⋅4⋅3!=96
13二、填空题 · 平面向量向量 a,b,c\boldsymbol{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{a}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,} \boldsymbol{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{b}}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{,} \boldsymbol{\htmlData{tutor-start=44,tutor-end=45}{c}}a,b,c 在正方形网格中的位置如图所示, 若 c=λa+μb(λ,μ∈R)\boldsymbol{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{c}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=22}{\lambda}\boldsymbol{\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{a}}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=40}{\mu}\boldsymbol{\htmlData{tutor-start=52,tutor-end=53}{b}} \htmlData{tutor-start=55,tutor-end=56}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=56,tutor-end=63}{\lambda}\htmlData{tutor-start=63,tutor-end=64}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=65,tutor-end=69}{\mu }\htmlData{tutor-start=69,tutor-end=73}{\in }\mathbf{\htmlData{tutor-start=81,tutor-end=82}{R}}\htmlData{tutor-start=83,tutor-end=84}{)}c=λa+μb(λ,μ∈R), 则 λμ=\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=13}{\lambda}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=18}{\mu}}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{=}μλ=______.原卷图示 1原卷第 1 页 · qwen3.7-plus_layout_detection · 需复核答案:4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}4题目标签:网格向量线性表示解题过程网格向量线性表示网格向量线性表示(1)识别结构并建立关系从网格读出三个向量的水平、竖直分量,建立二元方程。为什么从这里入手:空间关系只靠观察容易漏条件,而“从网格读出三个向量的水平、竖直分量,建立二元方程。”可以直接翻译成垂直、平行、数量积或体积公式。先识别结构并建立关系,是在建立可验证的几何链条,而不是凭图形猜结论。详细展开:把图中单位格分量代入 c=λa+μb\boldsymbol c=\lambda\boldsymbol a+\mu\boldsymbol bc=λa+μb,消元得 λ=4μ\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\lambda}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=12}{\mu}λ=4μ。λμ=4\boxed{\frac\lambda\mu=4}μλ=4(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。λμ=4\boxed{\frac\lambda\mu=4}μλ=4
(1)识别结构并建立关系从网格读出三个向量的水平、竖直分量,建立二元方程。为什么从这里入手:空间关系只靠观察容易漏条件,而“从网格读出三个向量的水平、竖直分量,建立二元方程。”可以直接翻译成垂直、平行、数量积或体积公式。先识别结构并建立关系,是在建立可验证的几何链条,而不是凭图形猜结论。详细展开:把图中单位格分量代入 c=λa+μb\boldsymbol c=\lambda\boldsymbol a+\mu\boldsymbol bc=λa+μb,消元得 λ=4μ\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=7}{\lambda}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=12}{\mu}λ=4μ。λμ=4\boxed{\frac\lambda\mu=4}μλ=4
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。λμ=4\boxed{\frac\lambda\mu=4}μλ=4
14二、填空题 · 空间向量如图, 在棱长为 2 的正方体 ABCD−A1B1C1D1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{D}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{1}}ABCD−A1B1C1D1 中, E\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{E}E 为 BC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}BC 的中点, 点 P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 在线段 D1E\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{E}D1E 上, 点 P\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}P 到直线 CC1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}CC1 的距离的最小值为______.原卷图示 1原卷第 1 页 · qwen3.7-plus_layout_detection · 需复核答案:255\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{5}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{5}}525题目标签:异面线段间最短距离解题过程异面线段间最短距离异面线段间最短距离(1)识别结构并建立关系建立正方体坐标,把线段 D1E\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{E}D1E 参数化后求到直线 CC1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}CC1 的距离平方。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“建立正方体坐标,把线段 D1E\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{E}D1E 参数化后求到直线 CC1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}CC1 的距离平方。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:取 P=D1+t(E−D1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{D}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{D}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{)}P=D1+t(E−D1)。消去直线 CC1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}CC1 的竖直坐标后,距离平方化为关于 t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}t 的二次式,在 t=4/5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{5}t=4/5 取最小值 4/5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{5}4/5。dmin=45=255\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}_{\min}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{=}\sqrt{\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{4}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{5}}}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{2}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=48,tutor-end=49}{5}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=52,tutor-end=53}{5}}}dmin=54=525(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。dmin=45=255\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}_{\min}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{=}\sqrt{\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{4}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{5}}}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{2}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=48,tutor-end=49}{5}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=52,tutor-end=53}{5}}}dmin=54=525
(1)识别结构并建立关系建立正方体坐标,把线段 D1E\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{E}D1E 参数化后求到直线 CC1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}CC1 的距离平方。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“建立正方体坐标,把线段 D1E\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{E}D1E 参数化后求到直线 CC1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}CC1 的距离平方。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:取 P=D1+t(E−D1)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{P}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{D}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{D}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{)}P=D1+t(E−D1)。消去直线 CC1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}CC1 的竖直坐标后,距离平方化为关于 t\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}t 的二次式,在 t=4/5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{5}t=4/5 取最小值 4/5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{5}4/5。dmin=45=255\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}_{\min}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{=}\sqrt{\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{4}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{5}}}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{2}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=48,tutor-end=49}{5}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=52,tutor-end=53}{5}}}dmin=54=525
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:把所得关系代回题设,定义域、符号、端点或几何位置均满足要求,因此结论成立。dmin=45=255\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}_{\min}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{=}\sqrt{\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{4}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{5}}}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{2}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=48,tutor-end=49}{5}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=52,tutor-end=53}{5}}}dmin=54=525
15三、解答题 · 解三角形在 △ABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=10}{\triangle }\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{C}△ABC 中, a=3,b=26,∠B=2∠A\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{2}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{6}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=25}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=35}{\angle }\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{A}a=3,b=26,∠B=2∠A. (1) 求 cosA\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{A}cosA 的值; (2) 求 c\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}c 的值.答案:cosA=63\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{6}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{3}}cosA=36;c=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{5}c=5题目标签:倍角条件解三角形解题过程(1)正弦定理结合倍角求 cosA\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{A}cosA(1)识别结构并建立关系已知 B=2A\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}B=2A,正弦定理把边比变成正弦比。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“已知 B=2A\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}B=2A,正弦定理把边比变成正弦比。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:b/a=sin2A/sinA=2cosA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{/}\sin \htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{A}b/a=sin2A/sinA=2cosA,故 cosA=b/(2a)=6/3\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{6}}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{3}cosA=b/(2a)=6/3。cosA=63\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{6}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{3}}cosA=36(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:该值对应锐角并满足三角形条件。63\boxed{\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{6}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{3}}}36(2)余弦定理求第三边求 c\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}c(1)识别结构并建立关系先求 cosB=cos2A=1/3\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{3}cosB=cos2A=1/3。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“先求 cosB=cos2A=1/3\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{3}cosB=cos2A=1/3。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:b2=a2+c2−2accosB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{c}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{c}\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{B}b2=a2+c2−2accosB 给出 24=9+c2−2c\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{c}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{c}24=9+c2−2c,正根为 c=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{5}c=5。c2−2c−15=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}c2−2c−15=0(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:负根舍去。c=5\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{5}}c=5
(1)识别结构并建立关系已知 B=2A\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}B=2A,正弦定理把边比变成正弦比。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“已知 B=2A\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{A}B=2A,正弦定理把边比变成正弦比。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:b/a=sin2A/sinA=2cosA\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{=}\sin\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{/}\sin \htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{A}b/a=sin2A/sinA=2cosA,故 cosA=b/(2a)=6/3\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{b}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{6}}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{3}cosA=b/(2a)=6/3。cosA=63\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{6}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{3}}cosA=36
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:该值对应锐角并满足三角形条件。63\boxed{\frac{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{6}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{3}}}36
(1)识别结构并建立关系先求 cosB=cos2A=1/3\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{3}cosB=cos2A=1/3。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“先求 cosB=cos2A=1/3\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=}\cos\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{3}cosB=cos2A=1/3。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:b2=a2+c2−2accosB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{b}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{c}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{c}\cos \htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{B}b2=a2+c2−2accosB 给出 24=9+c2−2c\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{c}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{c}24=9+c2−2c,正根为 c=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{5}c=5。c2−2c−15=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{c}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}c2−2c−15=0
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:负根舍去。c=5\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{c}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{5}}c=5
16三、解答题 · 概率统计下图是某市 3 月 1 日至 14 日的空气质量指数趋势图, 空气质量指数小于 100 表示空气质量优良, 空气质量指数大于 200 表示空气重度污染. 某人随机选择 3 月 1 日至 3 月 13 日中的某一天到达该市, 并停留 2 天. (1) 求此人到达当日空气重度污染的概率; (2) 设 X\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{X}X 是此人停留期间空气质量优良的天数, 求 X\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{X}X 的分布列与数学期望; (3) 由图判断从哪天开始连续三天的空气质量指数方差最大? (结论不要求证明)原卷图示 1原卷第 1 页 · qwen3.7-plus_layout_detection · 需复核答案:613\frac6{13}136;P(0,1,2)=(513,413,413)P(0,1,2)=(\frac5{13},\frac4{13},\frac4{13})P(0,1,2)=(135,134,134),EX=1213\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{X}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{3}}EX=1312;5 月 5 日题目标签:空气质量随机变量解题过程(1)按阈值计数求到达日优良概率(1)识别结构并建立关系到达日共有 13 个等可能结果。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“到达日共有 13 个等可能结果。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:优良日为 1、2、3、7、12、13 日,共 6 天。P=613P=\frac6{13}P=136(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:严格小于 100 才算优良。613\boxed{\frac6{13}}136(2)枚举相邻两日的优良天数求 X\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{X}X 的分布列和期望(1)识别结构并建立关系对 13 个到达日起点逐一统计两天内优良日个数。为什么从这里入手:统计量都来自明确的样本计数或加权。“对 13 个到达日起点逐一统计两天内优良日个数。”给出了数据与权重,先识别结构并建立关系可以避免把频数、频率和概率混为一谈,并能用总数或概率和反查计算。详细展开:X=0,1,2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{X}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}X=0,1,2 的起点数分别为 5,4,4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{4}5,4,4,故概率为 5/13,4/13,4/13\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{3}5/13,4/13,4/13。EX=0⋅513+1⋅413+2⋅413=1213EX=0\cdot\frac5{13}+1\cdot\frac4{13}+2\cdot\frac4{13}=\frac{12}{13}EX=0⋅135+1⋅134+2⋅134=1312(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:概率和为 1。EX=1213\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{X}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{3}}}EX=1312(3)比较连续三日方差判断最大方差窗口(1)识别结构并建立关系同文科题比较所有连续三项。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“同文科题比较所有连续三项。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:从 5 日起的 220,160,40\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}220,160,40 方差为 5600\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}5600,最大。s2=5600\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{s}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}s2=5600(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:故起始日唯一。5 月 5 日\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{5} \htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{月} \htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{5} \htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{日}}}5 月 5 日
(1)识别结构并建立关系到达日共有 13 个等可能结果。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“到达日共有 13 个等可能结果。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:优良日为 1、2、3、7、12、13 日,共 6 天。P=613P=\frac6{13}P=136
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:严格小于 100 才算优良。613\boxed{\frac6{13}}136
(1)识别结构并建立关系对 13 个到达日起点逐一统计两天内优良日个数。为什么从这里入手:统计量都来自明确的样本计数或加权。“对 13 个到达日起点逐一统计两天内优良日个数。”给出了数据与权重,先识别结构并建立关系可以避免把频数、频率和概率混为一谈,并能用总数或概率和反查计算。详细展开:X=0,1,2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{X}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}X=0,1,2 的起点数分别为 5,4,4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{4}5,4,4,故概率为 5/13,4/13,4/13\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{3}5/13,4/13,4/13。EX=0⋅513+1⋅413+2⋅413=1213EX=0\cdot\frac5{13}+1\cdot\frac4{13}+2\cdot\frac4{13}=\frac{12}{13}EX=0⋅135+1⋅134+2⋅134=1312
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:概率和为 1。EX=1213\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{E}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{X}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{3}}}EX=1312
(1)识别结构并建立关系同文科题比较所有连续三项。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“同文科题比较所有连续三项。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:从 5 日起的 220,160,40\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}220,160,40 方差为 5600\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}5600,最大。s2=5600\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{s}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{6}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{0}s2=5600
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:故起始日唯一。5 月 5 日\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{5} \htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{月} \htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{5} \htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{日}}}5 月 5 日
17三、解答题 · 立体几何如图,在三棱柱 ABC−A1B1C1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}}ABC−A1B1C1 中,AA1C1C\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{C}AA1C1C 是边长为 4 的正方形. 平面 ABC⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{C} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=9}{\perp}ABC⊥ 平面 AA1C1C\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{C}AA1C1C,AB=3,BC=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{5}AB=3,BC=5. (1) 求证:AA1⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}} \htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=12}{\perp}AA1⊥ 平面 ABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{C}ABC; (2) 求二面角 A1−BC1−B1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{1}}A1−BC1−B1 的余弦值; (3) 证明:在线段 BC1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}BC1 上存在点 D\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}D,使得 AD⊥A1B\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{D} \htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=9}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{B}AD⊥A1B,并求 BDBC1\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{D}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}}}BC1BD 的值.原卷图示 1原卷第 2 页 · qwen3.7-plus_layout_detection · 需复核答案:垂直成立;1625\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{6}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{5}}2516;BDBC1=925\frac{BD}{BC_{1}}=\frac9{25}BC1BD=259题目标签:三棱柱中的垂直、二面角与动点解题过程(1)由正方形与面面垂直证明 AA1⊥\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=11}{\perp}AA1⊥ 平面 ABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{C}ABC(1)识别结构并建立关系正方形给出 AA1⊥AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=12}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{C}AA1⊥AC,垂直平面的性质再给出 AA1⊥AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=12}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{B}AA1⊥AB。为什么从这里入手:空间关系只靠观察容易漏条件,而“正方形给出 AA1⊥AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=12}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{C}AA1⊥AC,垂直平面的性质再给出 AA1⊥AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=12}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{B}AA1⊥AB。”可以直接翻译成垂直、平行、数量积或体积公式。先识别结构并建立关系,是在建立可验证的几何链条,而不是凭图形猜结论。详细展开:AA_1\perp AC,\quad AA_1\perp ABAA1⊥AB, AA1⊥AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=12}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=17}{\ }\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=29}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{C}AA1⊥AB, AA1⊥AC(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:两直线在底面相交。AA1⊥平面 ABC\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=18}{\perp}\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{平}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{面} }\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{C}}AA1⊥平面 ABC(2)建立 3-4-5 坐标系求二面角余弦(1)识别结构并建立关系由 AB=3,AC=4,BC=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{5}AB=3,AC=4,BC=5 可取三条互相垂直坐标轴。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“由 AB=3,AC=4,BC=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{5}AB=3,AC=4,BC=5 可取三条互相垂直坐标轴。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:取 A(0,0,0),B(0,3,0),C(4,0,0),A1(0,0,4)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{)}A(0,0,0),B(0,3,0),C(4,0,0),A1(0,0,4)。两平面法向量可取 (0,4,3)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}(0,4,3)、(3,4,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}(3,4,0)。costheta=165⋅5=1625\cos\\\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{h}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{6}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=28}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{5}}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{6}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{5}}costheta=5⋅516=2516(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:取所求二面角的锐角。1625\boxed{\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{6}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{5}}}2516(3)参数化线段并令点积为零确定点 D\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}D(1)识别结构并建立关系令 D=B+t(C1−B)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}D=B+t(C1−B),则 t=BD/BC1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}t=BD/BC1。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“令 D=B+t(C1−B)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}D=B+t(C1−B),则 t=BD/BC1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}t=BD/BC1。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:AD→=(4t,3−3t,4t)\overrightarrow{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{D}}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{)}AD=(4t,3−3t,4t),A1B→=(0,3,−4)\overrightarrow{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{B}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{)}A1B=(0,3,−4);垂直条件给 9−25t=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}9−25t=0。t=925t=\frac9{25}t=259(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:0<t<1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}0<t<1,点在线段内部。BDBC1=925\boxed{\frac{BD}{BC_{1}}=\frac9{25}}BC1BD=259
(1)识别结构并建立关系正方形给出 AA1⊥AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=12}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{C}AA1⊥AC,垂直平面的性质再给出 AA1⊥AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=12}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{B}AA1⊥AB。为什么从这里入手:空间关系只靠观察容易漏条件,而“正方形给出 AA1⊥AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=12}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{C}AA1⊥AC,垂直平面的性质再给出 AA1⊥AB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=12}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{B}AA1⊥AB。”可以直接翻译成垂直、平行、数量积或体积公式。先识别结构并建立关系,是在建立可验证的几何链条,而不是凭图形猜结论。详细展开:AA_1\perp AC,\quad AA_1\perp ABAA1⊥AB, AA1⊥AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=12}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=17}{\ }\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=29}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{C}AA1⊥AB, AA1⊥AC
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:两直线在底面相交。AA1⊥平面 ABC\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=18}{\perp}\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{平}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{面} }\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{C}}AA1⊥平面 ABC
(1)识别结构并建立关系由 AB=3,AC=4,BC=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{5}AB=3,AC=4,BC=5 可取三条互相垂直坐标轴。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“由 AB=3,AC=4,BC=5\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{5}AB=3,AC=4,BC=5 可取三条互相垂直坐标轴。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:取 A(0,0,0),B(0,3,0),C(4,0,0),A1(0,0,4)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=36}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{)}A(0,0,0),B(0,3,0),C(4,0,0),A1(0,0,4)。两平面法向量可取 (0,4,3)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}(0,4,3)、(3,4,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}(3,4,0)。costheta=165⋅5=1625\cos\\\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{h}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{e}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{a}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{6}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=28}{\cdot}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{5}}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{6}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=41,tutor-end=42}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=42,tutor-end=43}{5}}costheta=5⋅516=2516
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:取所求二面角的锐角。1625\boxed{\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{6}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{5}}}2516
(1)识别结构并建立关系令 D=B+t(C1−B)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}D=B+t(C1−B),则 t=BD/BC1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}t=BD/BC1。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“令 D=B+t(C1−B)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}D=B+t(C1−B),则 t=BD/BC1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{D}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}}t=BD/BC1。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:AD→=(4t,3−3t,4t)\overrightarrow{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{D}}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{)}AD=(4t,3−3t,4t),A1B→=(0,3,−4)\overrightarrow{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{B}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{)}A1B=(0,3,−4);垂直条件给 9−25t=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{9}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{5}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}9−25t=0。t=925t=\frac9{25}t=259
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:0<t<1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{t}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}0<t<1,点在线段内部。BDBC1=925\boxed{\frac{BD}{BC_{1}}=\frac9{25}}BC1BD=259
18三、解答题 · 导数设 L\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{L}L 为曲线 C:y=lnxx\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{:} \htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{y} \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=} \frac{\ln \htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{x}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=21}{x}}C:y=xlnx 在点 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}(1,0) 处的切线. (1) 求 L\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{L}L 的方程; (2) 证明:除切点 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{)}(1,0) 之外,曲线 C\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{C}C 在直线 L\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{L}L 的下方.答案:y=x−1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}y=x−1;除切点外曲线在其下方题目标签:对数函数切线不等式解题过程(1)求导写切线求切线方程(1)识别结构并建立关系切点为 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0),只需计算导数值。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“切点为 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0),只需计算导数值。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先识别结构并建立关系,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:f′(x)=(1−lnx)/x2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{-}\ln \htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}}f′(x)=(1−lnx)/x2,故 f′(1)=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}f′(1)=1。y=x−1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}}y=x−1(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:切线通过 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0)。y=x−1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}}y=x−1(2)构造差函数证明全局不等式证明曲线在切线下方(1)识别结构并建立关系目标等价于 lnx<x2−x\ln \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{x}lnx<x2−x。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“目标等价于 lnx<x2−x\ln \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{x}lnx<x2−x。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:设 h=x2−x−lnx\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{h}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\ln \htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{x}h=x2−x−lnx,则 h′=(2x+1)(x−1)/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{h}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{x}h′=(2x+1)(x−1)/x,所以 h\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{h}h 在 x=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}x=1 取唯一最小值 0。h(x)≥h(1)=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{h}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=8}{\ge }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{h}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}h(x)≥h(1)=0(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:等号仅在 x=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}x=1。lnxx<x−1 (x≠1)\boxed{\frac{\ln x}{x}<x-1\ (x\ne1)}xlnx<x−1 (x=1)
(1)识别结构并建立关系切点为 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0),只需计算导数值。为什么从这里入手:函数的局部变化由导数控制。“切点为 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0),只需计算导数值。”给出了函数值、斜率或导数符号的入口,因此先识别结构并建立关系,就能把图象语言转换成方程或符号表。详细展开:f′(x)=(1−lnx)/x2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{-}\ln \htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}}f′(x)=(1−lnx)/x2,故 f′(1)=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{f}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{1}f′(1)=1。y=x−1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}}y=x−1
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:切线通过 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0)。y=x−1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{1}}y=x−1
(1)识别结构并建立关系目标等价于 lnx<x2−x\ln \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{x}lnx<x2−x。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“目标等价于 lnx<x2−x\ln \htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{<}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{x}lnx<x2−x。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:设 h=x2−x−lnx\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{h}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{-}\ln \htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{x}h=x2−x−lnx,则 h′=(2x+1)(x−1)/x\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{h}'\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{x}h′=(2x+1)(x−1)/x,所以 h\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{h}h 在 x=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}x=1 取唯一最小值 0。h(x)≥h(1)=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{h}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=8}{\ge }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{h}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{0}h(x)≥h(1)=0
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:等号仅在 x=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}x=1。lnxx<x−1 (x≠1)\boxed{\frac{\ln x}{x}<x-1\ (x\ne1)}xlnx<x−1 (x=1)
19三、解答题 · 椭圆已知 A,B,C\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{C}A,B,C 是椭圆 W:x24+y2=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{W}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{:} \frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{x}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{4}} \htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{+} \htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{y}^{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}} \htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{1}W:4x2+y2=1 上的三个点,O\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}O 是坐标原点. (1) 当点 B\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}B 是 W\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{W}W 的右顶点,且四边形 OABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{C}OABC 为菱形时,求此菱形的面积; (2) 当点 B\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}B 不是 W\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{W}W 的顶点时,判断四边形 OABC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{C}OABC 是否可能为菱形,并说明理由.答案:面积 3\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{3}}3;非顶点时不可能题目标签:椭圆内接菱形解题过程(1)用菱形对角线求面积求右顶点情形面积(1)识别结构并建立关系B=(2,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}B=(2,0),对角线 OB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}OB 水平,故弦 AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}AC 竖直且中点为 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0)。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“B=(2,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}B=(2,0),对角线 OB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}OB 水平,故弦 AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}AC 竖直且中点为 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0)。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:直线 x=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}x=1 与椭圆交于 y=±3/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=5}{\pm}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}y=±3/2,所以 AC=3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}}AC=3,OB=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}OB=2。S=12 OB⋅AC=3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\,\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=23}{\cdot }\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{3}}S=21OB⋅AC=3(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:对角线互相垂直。3\boxed{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{3}}}3(2)比较中点弦条件排除非顶点(1)识别结构并建立关系设 B=(x0,y0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}B=(x0,y0),沿用椭圆中点弦斜率公式。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“设 B=(x0,y0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}B=(x0,y0),沿用椭圆中点弦斜率公式。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:菱形要求 AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}AC 中点为 B/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}B/2 且 AC⊥OB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}AC⊥OB,分别给出斜率 −x0/(4y0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}−x0/(4y0) 与 −x0/y0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{0}}−x0/y0,只有轴上顶点可能。−x04y0=−x0y0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{0}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{0}}}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{0}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{0}}}−4y0x0=−y0x0(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:非顶点条件排除所有解。不可能\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{不}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{可}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{能}}}不可能
(1)识别结构并建立关系B=(2,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}B=(2,0),对角线 OB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}OB 水平,故弦 AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}AC 竖直且中点为 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0)。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“B=(2,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{)}B=(2,0),对角线 OB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}OB 水平,故弦 AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}AC 竖直且中点为 (1,0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{0}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{)}(1,0)。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:直线 x=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{x}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}x=1 与椭圆交于 y=±3/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{y}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=5}{\pm}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}y=±3/2,所以 AC=3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}}AC=3,OB=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{2}OB=2。S=12 OB⋅AC=3\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{S}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{2}}\,\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=23}{\cdot }\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{=}\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{3}}S=21OB⋅AC=3
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:对角线互相垂直。3\boxed{\sqrt{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{3}}}3
(1)识别结构并建立关系设 B=(x0,y0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}B=(x0,y0),沿用椭圆中点弦斜率公式。为什么从这里入手:解析几何的目的,是把图形关系变成坐标等式。“设 B=(x0,y0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}B=(x0,y0),沿用椭圆中点弦斜率公式。”提供了点、斜率、距离或焦点条件,先识别结构并建立关系后,交点、弦长和轨迹都能交给方程与韦达定理处理。详细展开:菱形要求 AC\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}AC 中点为 B/2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{2}B/2 且 AC⊥OB\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{C}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=8}{\perp }\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{O}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{B}AC⊥OB,分别给出斜率 −x0/(4y0)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{)}−x0/(4y0) 与 −x0/y0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{0}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{/}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{0}}−x0/y0,只有轴上顶点可能。−x04y0=−x0y0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{0}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{0}}}\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{-}\frac{\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{x}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{0}}}{\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{y}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{0}}}−4y0x0=−y0x0
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:非顶点条件排除所有解。不可能\boxed{\text{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{不}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{可}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{能}}}不可能
20三、解答题 · 数列已知 {an}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=9}{\}}{an} 是由非负整数组成的无穷数列,该数列前 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项的最大值记为 An\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}An,第 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项之后各项 an+1,an+2,⋯\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{,} \cdotsan+1,an+2,⋯ 的最小值记为 Bn\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}Bn,dn=An−Bn\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}} \htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{-} \htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{n}}dn=An−Bn. (1) 若 {an}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=9}{\}}{an} 为 2,1,4,3,2,1,4,3,⋯\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{,} \cdots2,1,4,3,2,1,4,3,⋯,是一个周期为 4 的数列(即对任意 n∈N∗n \in \mathbf{N}^*n∈N∗,an+4=an\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{4}} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{n}}an+4=an),写出 d1,d2,d3,d4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{4}}d1,d2,d3,d4 的值; (2) 设 d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}d 是非负整数,证明:dn=−d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{d}dn=−d (n=1,2,3⋯\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{3} \cdotsn=1,2,3⋯) 的充分必要条件为 {an}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=9}{\}}{an} 是公差为 d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}d 的等差数列; (3) 证明:若 a1=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{2}a1=2,dn=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}} \htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{=} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{1}dn=1 (n=1,2,3,⋯\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,} \htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{,} \cdotsn=1,2,3,⋯),则 {an}\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=2}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=9}{\}}{an} 的项只能是 1 或者 2,且有无穷多项为 1.答案:(1,1,3,3)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{)}(1,1,3,3);充要条件成立;各项仅为 1、2 且 1 有无穷多项题目标签:无限数列的前缀最大与后缀最小解题过程(1)直接计算周期样例写出前四个 dn\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}dn(1)识别结构并建立关系后缀中始终会再次出现 1。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“后缀中始终会再次出现 1。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:A1,A2,A3,A4=2,2,4,4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{4}A1,A2,A3,A4=2,2,4,4,B1=B2=B3=B4=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{1}B1=B2=B3=B4=1。(d1,d2,d3,d4)=(1,1,3,3)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{)}(d1,d2,d3,d4)=(1,1,3,3)(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:按定义相减。1,1,3,3\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{3}}1,1,3,3(2)双向证明恒定差值证明充要条件(1)识别结构并建立关系等差递增数列的前缀最大和后缀最小都是相邻两项;反向用极值关系归纳。为什么从这里入手:数列题要先识别相邻项之间保持不变的结构。“等差递增数列的前缀最大和后缀最小都是相邻两项;反向用极值关系归纳。”提示了差、比或可累加关系,先识别结构并建立关系能把第 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项问题改写成已经会处理的等差、等比或裂项模型。详细展开:若 an+1=an+d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{d}an+1=an+d,则 An=an,Bn=an+1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{1}}An=an,Bn=an+1,故 dn=−d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}dn=−d。反之 An+d=Bn\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}}An+d=Bn 迫使每一步 an+1=an+d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{d}an+1=an+d,否则会破坏相邻前缀最大或后缀最小关系。dn=−d ⟺ an+1−an=d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=27}{\iff a_{n+1}-a_{n}=}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{d}dn=−d⟺an+1−an=d(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:两方向均包含 d=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}d=0。{an} 为公差 d 的等差数列\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=9}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=16}{\}}\text{ \htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{为}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{公}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{差} }\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{d}\text{ \htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{的}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{等}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{差}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{数}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{列}}}{an} 为公差 d 的等差数列(3)利用整数性锁定上下界证明项值和无限出现(1)识别结构并建立关系由 a1=2,dn=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}a1=2,dn=1 先确定所有前缀最大与后缀最小只差 1。为什么从这里入手:最值与范围题要先找到变量受限方式以及等号何时成立。“由 a1=2,dn=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}a1=2,dn=1 先确定所有前缀最大与后缀最小只差 1。”给出了可行域或关键界,先识别结构并建立关系能把‘可能有多大’转成单调性、基本不等式或边界比较。详细展开:若出现大于 2 的项,之后的后缀最小将至少为 2,与先前存在的尾部最小 1 矛盾;故各项只为 1 或 2。若 1 仅有限次,则充分靠后的 Bn=2,An=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}Bn=2,An=2,会有 dn=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}dn=0,再矛盾。an∈{1,2},#{n:an=1}=∞\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=8}{\in}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=10}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=15}{\}}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=24}{\#}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=26}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{:}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=37}{\}}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=44}{\infty}an∈{1,2},#{n:an=1}=∞(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:结论同时满足非负整数条件。an∈{1,2} 且无穷多个 1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=15}{\in}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=17}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=22}{\}}\text{ \htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{且}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{无}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{穷}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{多}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{个} }\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{1}}an∈{1,2} 且无穷多个 1
(1)识别结构并建立关系后缀中始终会再次出现 1。为什么从这里入手:目标是“识别结构并建立关系”,而“后缀中始终会再次出现 1。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:A1,A2,A3,A4=2,2,4,4\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{4}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{4}A1,A2,A3,A4=2,2,4,4,B1=B2=B3=B4=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{1}B1=B2=B3=B4=1。(d1,d2,d3,d4)=(1,1,3,3)\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{2}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=16,tutor-end=17}{3}}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{4}}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{)}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{(}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{)}(d1,d2,d3,d4)=(1,1,3,3)
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:按定义相减。1,1,3,3\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{3}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{3}}1,1,3,3
(1)识别结构并建立关系等差递增数列的前缀最大和后缀最小都是相邻两项;反向用极值关系归纳。为什么从这里入手:数列题要先识别相邻项之间保持不变的结构。“等差递增数列的前缀最大和后缀最小都是相邻两项;反向用极值关系归纳。”提示了差、比或可累加关系,先识别结构并建立关系能把第 n\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{n}n 项问题改写成已经会处理的等差、等比或裂项模型。详细展开:若 an+1=an+d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{d}an+1=an+d,则 An=an,Bn=an+1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=21,tutor-end=22}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=23}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{1}}An=an,Bn=an+1,故 dn=−d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}dn=−d。反之 An+d=Bn\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}}An+d=Bn 迫使每一步 an+1=an+d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=4,tutor-end=5}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{+}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{d}an+1=an+d,否则会破坏相邻前缀最大或后缀最小关系。dn=−d ⟺ an+1−an=d\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{-}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=27}{\iff a_{n+1}-a_{n}=}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{d}dn=−d⟺an+1−an=d
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:两方向均包含 d=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}\htmlData{tutor-start=1,tutor-end=2}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=2,tutor-end=3}{0}d=0。{an} 为公差 d 的等差数列\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=9}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=9,tutor-end=10}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=16}{\}}\text{ \htmlData{tutor-start=23,tutor-end=24}{为}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=25}{公}\htmlData{tutor-start=25,tutor-end=26}{差} }\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{d}\text{ \htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{的}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{等}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=39}{差}\htmlData{tutor-start=39,tutor-end=40}{数}\htmlData{tutor-start=40,tutor-end=41}{列}}}{an} 为公差 d 的等差数列
(1)识别结构并建立关系由 a1=2,dn=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}a1=2,dn=1 先确定所有前缀最大与后缀最小只差 1。为什么从这里入手:最值与范围题要先找到变量受限方式以及等号何时成立。“由 a1=2,dn=1\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{1}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{1}a1=2,dn=1 先确定所有前缀最大与后缀最小只差 1。”给出了可行域或关键界,先识别结构并建立关系能把‘可能有多大’转成单调性、基本不等式或边界比较。详细展开:若出现大于 2 的项,之后的后缀最小将至少为 2,与先前存在的尾部最小 1 矛盾;故各项只为 1 或 2。若 1 仅有限次,则充分靠后的 Bn=2,An=2\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{B}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=9}{A}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=14}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=14,tutor-end=15}{2}Bn=2,An=2,会有 dn=0\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{d}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=6}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=6,tutor-end=7}{0}dn=0,再矛盾。an∈{1,2},#{n:an=1}=∞\htmlData{tutor-start=0,tutor-end=1}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=3,tutor-end=4}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=5,tutor-end=8}{\in}\htmlData{tutor-start=8,tutor-end=10}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=11,tutor-end=12}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=13}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=13,tutor-end=15}{\}}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=16}{,}\quad \htmlData{tutor-start=22,tutor-end=24}{\#}\htmlData{tutor-start=24,tutor-end=26}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=26,tutor-end=27}{n}\htmlData{tutor-start=27,tutor-end=28}{:}\htmlData{tutor-start=28,tutor-end=29}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=34,tutor-end=35}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=35,tutor-end=37}{\}}\htmlData{tutor-start=37,tutor-end=38}{=}\htmlData{tutor-start=38,tutor-end=44}{\infty}an∈{1,2},#{n:an=1}=∞
(2)完成计算并核验结论上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。为什么从这里入手:目标是“完成计算并核验结论”,而“上一阶段已经得到可直接求值、判号或证明的核心关系。”恰好给出了它所缺的前置量或等价关系。先把这条信息写成可计算的等式,后续只需沿等价变形逐步推进;若跳过这一步,就无法说明答案为何由题设唯一确定。详细展开:结论同时满足非负整数条件。an∈{1,2} 且无穷多个 1\boxed{\htmlData{tutor-start=7,tutor-end=8}{a}_{\htmlData{tutor-start=10,tutor-end=11}{n}}\htmlData{tutor-start=12,tutor-end=15}{\in}\htmlData{tutor-start=15,tutor-end=17}{\{}\htmlData{tutor-start=17,tutor-end=18}{1}\htmlData{tutor-start=18,tutor-end=19}{,}\htmlData{tutor-start=19,tutor-end=20}{2}\htmlData{tutor-start=20,tutor-end=22}{\}}\text{ \htmlData{tutor-start=29,tutor-end=30}{且}\htmlData{tutor-start=30,tutor-end=31}{无}\htmlData{tutor-start=31,tutor-end=32}{穷}\htmlData{tutor-start=32,tutor-end=33}{多}\htmlData{tutor-start=33,tutor-end=34}{个} }\htmlData{tutor-start=36,tutor-end=37}{1}}an∈{1,2} 且无穷多个 1